1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
71 #include "character.h"
75 #include "dispextern.h"
77 #include "termhooks.h"
85 #include "intervals.h"
91 #include <X11/Shell.h>
94 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
106 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
107 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
110 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
112 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
113 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
118 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
120 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
121 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
123 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
125 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
126 #if defined USE_MOTIF
127 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
128 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
129 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
134 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
135 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
137 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
138 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
140 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
141 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
142 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
143 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
145 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
147 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
148 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
149 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
154 #ifndef XtNinitialState
155 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
159 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
161 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
165 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
170 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
172 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
174 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
177 static int any_help_event_p
;
179 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
180 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
182 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
184 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
186 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
189 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
191 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
192 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
193 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
194 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
196 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
198 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
199 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
200 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
201 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
203 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
205 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
207 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
210 /* The application context for Xt use. */
211 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
212 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
213 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
215 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
217 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
219 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
220 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
222 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
224 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
225 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
226 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
228 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
232 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
233 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
234 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
235 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
237 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
239 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
240 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
241 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
242 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
243 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
244 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
245 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
246 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
247 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
250 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
252 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
253 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
254 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
256 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
258 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
259 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
262 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
263 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
266 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
268 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
269 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
270 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
271 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
272 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
273 it's somewhat accurate. */
275 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
277 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
281 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
283 static int input_signal_count
;
286 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
288 static int x_noop_count
;
290 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
292 extern char **initial_argv
;
293 extern int initial_argc
;
295 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
297 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
299 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
301 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
305 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
307 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
309 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
311 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
312 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
313 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
315 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
316 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
318 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
319 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
321 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
322 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
323 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
324 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
325 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
327 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
328 void x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
329 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((void));
330 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
331 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
332 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
333 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
334 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
335 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
336 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
337 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
338 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
339 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
340 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
341 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
342 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
343 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
344 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
345 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
346 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
347 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
348 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
349 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
350 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
351 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
352 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
353 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
354 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
355 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
356 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
357 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
359 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
360 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
361 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
362 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
363 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
364 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
365 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
366 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
367 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
369 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
370 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
371 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
372 int *, struct input_event
*));
375 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
384 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
385 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
386 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
388 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
389 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
394 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
395 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
396 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
397 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
398 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
401 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
404 /***********************************************************************
406 ***********************************************************************/
410 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
411 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
419 struct record event_record
[100];
421 int event_record_index
;
423 record_event (locus
, type
)
427 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
428 event_record_index
= 0;
430 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
431 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
432 event_record_index
++;
439 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
441 struct x_display_info
*
442 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
445 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
447 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
448 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
456 /***********************************************************************
457 Starting and ending an update
458 ***********************************************************************/
460 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
461 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
462 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
463 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
464 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
474 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
475 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
479 x_update_window_begin (w
)
482 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
483 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
486 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
490 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
492 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
493 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
495 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
497 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
498 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
500 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
501 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
502 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
503 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
504 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
505 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
507 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
508 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
509 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
510 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
511 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
512 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
513 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
517 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
518 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
521 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
522 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
531 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
534 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
538 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
541 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
543 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
546 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
547 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
550 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
552 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
553 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
555 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
556 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
557 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
559 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
560 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
564 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
566 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
568 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
570 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
575 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
577 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
579 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
580 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
585 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
586 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
587 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
589 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
590 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
591 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
594 updated_window
= NULL
;
598 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
605 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
606 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
610 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
616 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
617 complete update has been performed. The global variable
618 updated_window is not available here. */
621 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
626 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
628 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
629 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
632 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
633 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
634 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
635 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
636 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
643 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
644 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
645 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
646 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
647 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
648 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
651 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
652 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
654 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
660 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
661 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
663 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
664 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
665 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
666 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
667 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
668 overhead is very small. */
669 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
670 && desired_row
->full_width_p
671 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
672 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
674 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
677 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
679 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
680 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
681 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
685 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
686 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
687 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
688 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
689 y
, width
, height
, False
);
695 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
697 struct glyph_row
*row
;
698 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
700 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
701 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
702 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
703 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
704 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
707 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
708 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
711 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
714 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
715 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
716 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
717 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
719 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
722 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
724 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
726 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
727 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
728 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
729 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
731 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
733 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
735 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
736 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
739 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
745 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
746 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
750 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
752 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
754 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
756 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
758 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
759 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
761 face
->background
, depth
);
765 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
766 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
769 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
770 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
771 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
772 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
775 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
776 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
777 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
781 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
782 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
783 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
787 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
792 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
793 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
794 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
798 XTset_terminal_modes ()
802 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
803 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
806 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
812 /***********************************************************************
814 ***********************************************************************/
816 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
818 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*,
819 struct charset
*, int *));
822 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
823 is not contained in the font. */
826 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
829 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
831 /* The result metric information. */
832 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
834 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
836 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
838 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
840 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
841 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
842 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
843 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
844 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
845 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
846 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
847 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
848 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
849 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
853 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
854 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
855 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
856 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
858 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
859 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
863 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
865 \ = integer modulus */
866 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
867 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
868 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
869 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
871 pcm
= (font
->per_char
872 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
873 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
874 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
880 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
881 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
882 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
883 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
884 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
885 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
889 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
894 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
895 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
898 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, charset
, two_byte_p
)
901 struct font_info
*font_info
;
902 struct charset
*charset
;
905 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
907 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
908 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
910 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
912 /* It's a program. */
913 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
915 check_ccl_update (ccl
);
916 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
918 ccl
->reg
[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset
);
919 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
924 ccl
->reg
[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset
);
925 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
926 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
929 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, Qnil
);
931 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
933 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
934 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, ccl
->reg
[1]);
936 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, ccl
->reg
[1], ccl
->reg
[2]);
938 else if (font_info
->encoding_type
)
940 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
942 unsigned char enc
= font_info
->encoding_type
;
944 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
945 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
946 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
948 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
949 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
953 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
955 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
960 /***********************************************************************
962 ***********************************************************************/
966 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
967 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
968 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
970 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
972 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
973 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
974 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
975 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
976 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
977 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
978 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
979 unsigned long *, double, int));
980 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
981 double, int, unsigned long));
982 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
983 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
984 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
985 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
986 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
987 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
989 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
990 int, int, int, int, int, int,
992 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
993 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
996 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
1000 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1005 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1007 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1008 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1009 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1011 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1014 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1018 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1019 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1021 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1022 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1023 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1024 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1025 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1026 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1027 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1029 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1030 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1031 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1033 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1034 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1037 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1038 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1039 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1040 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1042 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1043 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1046 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1047 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1049 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1054 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1057 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1058 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1063 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1064 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1065 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1067 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1069 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1070 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1072 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1073 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1074 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1076 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1077 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1078 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1081 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1086 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1087 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1088 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1089 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1090 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1091 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1093 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1094 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1097 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1098 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1100 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1103 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1107 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1108 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1109 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1112 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1113 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1115 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1119 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1120 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1124 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1125 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1127 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1129 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1131 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1132 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1134 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1136 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1137 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1139 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1141 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1144 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1146 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1147 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1149 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1150 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1152 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1153 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1157 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1158 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1161 /* GC must have been set. */
1162 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1166 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1167 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1170 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1171 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1174 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1175 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1179 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1180 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1184 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1185 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1188 struct glyph_string
*clip_head
= src
->clip_head
;
1189 struct glyph_string
*clip_tail
= src
->clip_tail
;
1191 /* This foces clipping just this glyph string. */
1192 src
->clip_head
= src
->clip_tail
= src
;
1193 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (src
, &r
);
1194 src
->clip_head
= clip_head
, src
->clip_tail
= clip_tail
;
1195 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1200 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1203 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1204 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1207 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1210 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1211 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1212 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1213 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1214 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1218 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1219 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1224 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1227 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1228 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1232 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1233 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1234 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1235 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1239 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1240 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1241 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1242 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1243 contains the first component of a composition. */
1246 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1247 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1250 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1251 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1252 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1254 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1258 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1259 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1260 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1261 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1262 s
->background_width
,
1263 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1264 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1265 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1267 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1268 || s
->font_not_found_p
1269 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1272 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1273 s
->background_width
,
1274 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1275 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1281 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1284 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1285 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1289 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1290 of S to the right of that box line. */
1291 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1292 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1293 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1297 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1299 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1301 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1303 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1304 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1305 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1307 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1312 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1313 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1315 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1316 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1318 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1320 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1321 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1323 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1324 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1325 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1326 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1327 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1329 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1331 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1333 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1334 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1336 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1337 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1342 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1343 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1345 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1346 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1349 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1351 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1352 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1354 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1355 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1357 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1358 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1363 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1366 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1367 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1371 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1372 of S to the right of that box line. */
1373 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1374 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1375 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1379 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1380 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1381 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1382 this composition. */
1384 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1385 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1386 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1389 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1390 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1394 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1397 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1398 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1399 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1401 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1402 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1403 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1404 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1411 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1413 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1414 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1415 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1416 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1417 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1420 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1421 cannot be determined. */
1423 static struct frame
*
1424 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1427 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1431 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1433 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1434 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1435 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1436 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1437 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1438 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1440 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1441 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1442 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1443 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1444 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1445 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1446 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1447 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1454 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1455 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1456 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1457 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1460 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1465 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1466 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1470 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1471 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1472 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1473 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1474 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1475 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1478 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1482 unsigned long *pixel
;
1486 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1487 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1491 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1492 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1494 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1496 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1498 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1503 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1504 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1506 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1509 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1511 DPY is the display we are working on.
1513 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1514 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1515 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1516 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1518 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1519 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1521 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1522 we allocated the color or not.
1524 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1527 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1531 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1532 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1542 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1543 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1545 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1549 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1550 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1551 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1553 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1555 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1556 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1558 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1560 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1561 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1563 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1564 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1566 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1567 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1572 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1574 params
[0] = color_name
;
1575 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1576 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1577 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1582 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1584 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1586 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1590 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1594 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1595 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1598 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1603 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1604 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1605 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1607 APP is the application context in which we work.
1609 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1610 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1611 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1613 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1616 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1625 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1627 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1630 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1632 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1633 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1634 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1635 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1636 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1641 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1644 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1645 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1646 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1647 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1649 static const XColor
*
1650 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1654 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1656 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1658 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1661 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1662 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1663 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1664 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1665 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1667 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1668 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1670 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1671 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1674 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1675 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1679 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1680 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1683 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1688 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1690 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1693 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1695 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1696 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1697 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1698 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1702 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1706 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1707 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1710 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1714 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1718 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1719 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1720 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1724 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1731 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1734 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1735 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1736 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1737 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1739 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1741 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1743 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1745 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1746 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1747 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1748 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1750 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1753 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1757 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1758 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1759 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1760 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1764 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1765 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1766 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1767 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1768 XColor
*cached_color
;
1770 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1771 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1772 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1773 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1774 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1776 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1777 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1778 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1782 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1784 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1785 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1791 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1792 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1793 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1797 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1802 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1803 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1807 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1808 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1809 get color reference counts right. */
1812 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1814 unsigned long pixel
;
1818 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1820 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1821 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1823 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1824 register_color (pixel
);
1830 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1831 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1832 get color reference counts right. */
1835 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1838 unsigned long pixel
;
1842 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1844 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1845 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1847 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1848 register_color (pixel
);
1854 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1857 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1858 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1859 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1860 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1861 use an additional additive factor.
1863 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1864 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1865 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1868 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1869 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1870 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1871 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1872 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1873 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1876 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1880 unsigned long *pixel
;
1888 /* Get RGB color values. */
1889 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1890 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1892 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1893 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1894 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1895 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1896 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1898 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1899 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1901 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1902 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1903 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1904 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1905 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1907 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1908 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1909 /* The additive adjustment. */
1910 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1914 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1915 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1916 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1920 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1921 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1922 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1926 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1927 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1930 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1932 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1933 delta to the RGB values. */
1934 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1936 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1937 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1938 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1939 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1950 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1951 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1952 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1953 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1954 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1955 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1958 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1960 struct relief
*relief
;
1963 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1966 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1967 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1968 unsigned long pixel
;
1969 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1970 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1971 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1972 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1974 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1975 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1977 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1978 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1979 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1981 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1983 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1984 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1987 /* Allocate new color. */
1988 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1990 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1991 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1993 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1994 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1997 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1999 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
2001 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
2004 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2008 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2011 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
2012 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2014 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2015 unsigned long color
;
2017 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2018 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2019 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2021 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2022 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2027 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2028 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2029 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2032 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2033 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2035 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2036 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2037 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2038 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2039 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2044 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2045 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2046 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2047 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2048 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2049 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2053 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2054 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2056 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2057 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2058 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2060 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2061 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2066 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2068 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2069 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2073 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2074 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2075 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2076 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2080 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2081 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2082 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2084 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2086 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2088 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2089 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2093 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2094 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2095 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2096 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2100 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2101 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2102 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2104 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2108 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2109 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2110 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2111 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2112 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2113 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2116 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2117 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2118 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2119 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2120 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2124 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2125 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2126 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2129 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2130 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2134 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2135 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2138 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2139 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2143 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2144 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2146 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2147 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2151 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2154 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2155 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2157 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2158 int left_p
, right_p
;
2159 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2160 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2162 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2163 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2164 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2166 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2167 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2169 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2171 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2172 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2174 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2176 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2178 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2180 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2181 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2183 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2184 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2185 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2187 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2189 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2191 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2192 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2193 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2196 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2197 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2198 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2203 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2206 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2207 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2210 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2212 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2213 right of that line. */
2214 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2215 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2217 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2219 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2221 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2222 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2223 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2224 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2230 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2231 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2232 trust on the shape extension to be available
2233 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2235 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2238 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2240 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2241 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2242 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2243 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2244 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2246 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2249 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2250 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2251 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2252 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2253 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2254 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2258 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2260 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2263 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2264 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2265 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2266 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2267 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2268 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2270 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2271 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2272 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2273 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2274 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2275 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2276 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2278 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2280 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2282 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2283 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2288 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2289 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2290 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2294 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2297 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2298 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2300 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2303 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2305 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2306 right of that line. */
2307 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2308 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2310 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2312 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2314 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2315 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2316 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2317 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2319 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2320 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2322 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2323 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2327 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2328 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2333 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2334 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2336 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2337 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2338 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2340 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2342 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2347 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2350 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2351 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2355 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2357 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2358 right of that line. */
2359 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2360 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2362 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2364 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2366 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2367 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2368 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2369 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2375 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2376 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2377 trust on the shape extension to be available
2378 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2380 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2384 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2385 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2386 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2387 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2388 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2390 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2391 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2392 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2393 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2397 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2398 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2399 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2401 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2402 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2403 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2404 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2405 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2406 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2407 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2409 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2411 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2412 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2413 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2418 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2419 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2420 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2424 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2425 give the rectangle to draw. */
2428 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2429 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2434 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2435 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2436 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2437 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2440 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2444 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2447 s->x +-------------------------
2450 | +-------------------------
2453 | | +-------------------
2459 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2460 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2462 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2463 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2465 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2468 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2469 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2470 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2471 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2473 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2474 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2476 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2477 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2481 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2482 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2486 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2487 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2488 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2489 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2490 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2492 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2493 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2494 s
->background_width
,
2497 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2499 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2501 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2504 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2505 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2506 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2507 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2508 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2513 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2515 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2516 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2517 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2518 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2526 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2528 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2530 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2531 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2533 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2536 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2539 /* Draw the foreground. */
2542 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2543 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2544 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2545 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2546 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2549 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2551 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2553 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2554 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2555 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2559 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2562 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2563 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2565 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2566 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2568 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2569 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2571 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2572 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2573 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2576 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2578 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2579 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2581 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2582 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2586 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2587 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2589 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2595 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2596 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2598 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2600 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2601 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2602 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2603 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2608 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2609 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2610 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2611 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2615 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2616 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2619 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2623 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2626 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2627 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2629 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2631 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2632 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2633 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2634 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2637 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2639 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
; next
;
2640 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2641 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2643 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2644 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2645 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2649 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2650 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2652 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2653 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2654 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2655 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2656 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2657 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2660 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2661 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2662 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2663 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2666 else if ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2667 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
))
2668 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2669 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2670 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2671 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2673 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2675 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2678 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2682 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2686 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2687 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2689 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2690 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2693 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2694 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2695 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2697 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2698 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2705 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2707 /* Draw underline. */
2708 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2710 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2713 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2714 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2717 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2718 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2719 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2720 specs, and its default is
2722 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2723 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2725 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2726 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2727 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2728 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2729 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2731 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2733 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2734 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2735 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2739 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2740 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2741 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2742 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2743 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2747 /* Draw overline. */
2748 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2750 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2752 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2753 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2758 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2759 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2760 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2762 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2766 /* Draw strike-through. */
2767 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2769 unsigned long h
= 1;
2770 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2772 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2773 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2778 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2779 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2780 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2782 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2786 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2787 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2788 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2792 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2794 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2795 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2796 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2798 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2799 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2800 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2803 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2804 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2805 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2806 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2813 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2815 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2816 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2817 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)
2819 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2820 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2821 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2824 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2825 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2826 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2827 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2833 /* Reset clipping. */
2834 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2837 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2840 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2842 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2844 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2845 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2846 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2850 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2861 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2862 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2865 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2872 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2873 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2877 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2878 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2888 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2890 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2892 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2893 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2894 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2896 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2897 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2899 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2901 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2902 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2903 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2905 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2912 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2914 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2915 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2917 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2920 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2921 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2924 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2925 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2927 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2928 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2929 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2931 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2932 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2936 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2938 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2939 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2943 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2945 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2946 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2948 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2950 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2962 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2963 pixels into background pixels. */
2967 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2968 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2969 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2971 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2972 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2976 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2977 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2978 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2979 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2980 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2981 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2982 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2986 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2987 edge it is next to. */
2988 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2990 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2991 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2994 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2995 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3002 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3004 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3005 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3007 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3009 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3010 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3011 width
, flash_height
);
3012 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3014 (height
- flash_height
3015 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3016 width
, flash_height
);
3019 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3020 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3021 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3022 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3027 struct timeval wakeup
;
3029 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3031 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3032 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3033 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3034 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3036 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3038 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3040 struct timeval current
;
3041 struct timeval timeout
;
3043 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3045 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3046 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3049 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3051 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3053 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3054 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3058 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3059 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3061 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3063 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3064 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3065 width
, flash_height
);
3066 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3068 (height
- flash_height
3069 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3070 width
, flash_height
);
3073 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3074 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3075 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3076 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3078 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3086 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3089 /* Make audible bell. */
3094 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3096 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3098 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3105 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3106 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3113 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3114 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3115 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3116 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3119 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3122 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3127 /***********************************************************************
3129 ***********************************************************************/
3131 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3132 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3135 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3142 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3145 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3149 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3150 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3152 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3153 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3155 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3157 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3158 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3159 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3163 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3164 line at the bottom. */
3165 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3166 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3168 height
= run
->height
;
3172 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3174 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3175 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3177 height
= run
->height
;
3182 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3186 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3187 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3188 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3198 /***********************************************************************
3200 ***********************************************************************/
3207 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3208 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3209 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3210 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3212 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3213 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3215 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3219 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3222 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3223 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3224 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3225 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3227 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3228 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3230 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3233 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3234 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3235 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3236 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3237 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3240 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3241 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3242 struct frame
*frame
;
3244 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3246 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3248 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3249 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3250 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3252 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3253 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3256 selected_frame
= frame
;
3257 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3259 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3260 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3263 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3264 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3266 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3269 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3272 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3273 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3274 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3277 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3280 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3281 struct frame
*frame
;
3282 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3284 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3286 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3288 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3289 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3291 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3292 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3293 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3294 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3295 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3297 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3298 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3302 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3305 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3306 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3309 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3311 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3313 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3315 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3316 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3320 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3321 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3326 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3327 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3329 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3332 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3333 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3335 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3337 struct frame
*frame
;
3339 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3343 switch (event
->type
)
3348 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3350 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3352 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3353 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3354 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3355 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3357 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3363 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3364 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3365 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3366 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3372 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3375 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3376 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3378 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3381 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3382 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3383 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3385 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3386 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3387 the appropriate X display info. */
3390 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3391 struct frame
*frame
;
3393 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3397 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3398 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3400 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3402 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3404 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3405 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3406 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3407 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3408 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3410 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3411 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3415 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3417 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3420 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3421 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3422 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3428 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3430 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3432 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3433 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3435 int min_code
, max_code
;
3438 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3440 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3441 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3442 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3443 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3444 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3447 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3449 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3450 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3453 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3454 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3456 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3458 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3459 Alt keysyms are on. */
3461 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3462 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3464 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3466 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3467 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3469 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3471 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3475 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3479 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3481 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3487 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3488 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3493 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3494 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3499 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3500 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3501 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3502 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3507 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3508 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3509 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3510 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3514 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3515 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3516 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3517 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3518 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3527 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3528 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3530 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3531 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3534 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3535 make them just meta, not alt. */
3536 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3538 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3541 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3542 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3545 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3549 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3550 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3553 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3554 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3555 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3556 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3559 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3560 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3561 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3562 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3563 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3564 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3565 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3566 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3569 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3570 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3571 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3572 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3573 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3574 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3578 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3579 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3582 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3583 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3584 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3585 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3589 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3590 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3591 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3592 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3593 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3594 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3595 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3596 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3599 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3600 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3601 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3602 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3603 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3604 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3607 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3610 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3616 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3624 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3626 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3628 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3632 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3633 struct input_event
*result
;
3634 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3637 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3639 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3640 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3641 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3642 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3644 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3648 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3649 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3650 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3656 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3657 The input handler calls this.
3659 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3660 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3661 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3662 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3664 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3665 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3668 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3670 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3672 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3673 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3674 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3676 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3679 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3681 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3682 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3683 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3684 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3689 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3690 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3691 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3692 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3693 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3694 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3696 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3697 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3698 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3699 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3700 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3701 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3709 /************************************************************************
3711 ************************************************************************/
3714 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3716 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3717 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3718 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3719 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3720 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3725 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3726 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3728 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3729 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3730 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3731 position on the scroll bar.
3733 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3734 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3737 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3738 was at this position.
3740 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3742 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3746 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3749 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3750 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3752 unsigned long *time
;
3758 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3759 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3765 Window dummy_window
;
3768 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3770 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3771 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3772 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3773 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3775 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3777 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3778 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3779 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3781 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3784 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3785 a different screen. */
3788 /* The position on that root window. */
3791 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3794 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3796 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3798 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3799 containing the pointer. */
3803 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3807 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3808 structure is changing at the same time this function
3809 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3811 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3813 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3814 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3816 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3817 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3818 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3820 /* From-window, to-window. */
3821 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3823 /* From-position, to-position. */
3824 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3828 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3834 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3836 /* From-window, to-window. */
3839 /* From-position, to-position. */
3840 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3845 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3853 /* Now we know that:
3854 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3855 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3856 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3857 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3858 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3859 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3860 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3861 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3862 never use them in that case.) */
3864 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3865 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3867 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3868 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3871 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3872 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3874 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3877 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3880 x_uncatch_errors ();
3882 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3885 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3887 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3891 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3897 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3898 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3902 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3903 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3904 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3905 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3906 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3907 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3908 the frame are divided into. */
3910 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3911 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3916 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3917 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3918 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3928 /***********************************************************************
3930 ***********************************************************************/
3932 /* Scroll bar support. */
3934 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3936 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3939 static struct scroll_bar
*
3940 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3946 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3947 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3948 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3950 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3951 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3954 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3956 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3957 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3958 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3961 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3963 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3964 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3965 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3966 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3967 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3970 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3971 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3972 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3973 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3980 #if defined USE_LUCID
3982 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3983 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3986 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3991 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3992 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3995 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3996 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3998 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4005 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4008 /************************************************************************
4010 ************************************************************************/
4012 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4014 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4015 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4016 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4017 struct scroll_bar
*));
4018 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4022 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4023 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4025 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4027 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4029 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4031 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4032 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4035 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4037 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4039 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4041 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4042 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4043 to avoid jerkyness. */
4045 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4047 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4048 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4049 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4050 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4053 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4056 XtPointer client_data
;
4060 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4066 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4067 end_action
= "Release";
4068 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4069 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4070 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4071 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4074 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4075 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4079 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4080 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4081 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4083 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4085 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4086 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4087 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4089 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4090 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4092 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4093 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4096 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4098 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4099 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4101 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4102 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4105 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4106 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4107 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4108 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4111 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4113 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4116 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4117 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4118 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4123 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4124 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4125 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4126 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4127 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4130 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4131 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4132 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4133 into that array in the event. */
4134 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4135 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4138 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4140 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4141 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4142 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4144 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4146 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4147 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4150 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4151 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4152 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4153 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4154 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4155 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4157 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4158 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4160 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4161 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4162 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4163 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4168 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4172 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4174 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4176 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4181 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4182 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4184 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4185 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4187 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4188 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4191 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4193 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4195 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4196 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4197 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4198 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4199 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4205 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4207 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4210 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4211 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4212 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4215 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4217 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4219 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4220 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4221 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4225 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4226 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4227 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4230 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4231 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4232 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4235 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4236 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4237 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4240 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4241 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4242 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4246 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4247 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4250 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4251 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4252 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4259 /* Get the slider size. */
4261 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4264 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4265 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4266 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4267 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4271 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4277 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4278 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4279 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4284 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4286 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4287 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4290 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4294 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4300 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4301 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4303 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4305 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4308 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4310 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4316 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4318 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4320 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4322 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4323 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4325 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4327 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4328 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4330 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4332 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4333 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4335 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4337 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4338 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4342 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4343 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4344 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4345 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4350 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4351 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4352 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4356 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4358 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4359 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4360 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4364 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4366 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4368 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4369 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4371 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4374 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4376 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4380 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4382 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4383 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4384 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4385 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4386 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4388 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4390 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4392 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4393 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4394 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4395 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4399 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4400 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4401 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4402 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4403 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4404 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4405 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4408 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4410 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4412 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4413 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4414 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4418 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4420 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4423 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4424 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4426 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4427 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4428 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4429 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4431 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4433 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4434 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4435 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4436 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4439 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4440 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4442 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4444 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4445 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4449 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4451 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4453 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4456 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4461 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4464 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4466 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4472 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4473 unsigned long pixel
;
4478 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4479 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4480 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4481 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4482 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4483 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4484 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4485 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4487 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4490 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4494 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4497 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4501 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4502 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4504 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4505 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4507 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4509 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4511 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4513 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4515 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4517 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4520 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4521 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4523 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4524 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4525 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4526 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4528 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4530 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4531 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4532 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4533 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4534 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4535 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4536 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4537 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4539 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4542 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4546 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4549 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4553 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4555 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4556 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4558 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4559 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4560 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4562 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4564 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4566 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4567 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4568 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4570 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4573 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4574 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4575 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4576 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4577 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4578 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4580 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4584 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4585 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4586 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4588 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4590 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4593 /* Specify the colors. */
4594 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4597 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4600 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4603 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4609 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4610 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4614 char *val
= initial
;
4615 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4616 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4617 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4619 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4620 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4621 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4622 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4623 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4624 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4628 /* Define callbacks. */
4629 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4630 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4633 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4634 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4636 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4638 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4639 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4640 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4641 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4643 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4644 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4645 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4646 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4650 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4653 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4654 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4658 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4659 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4660 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4662 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4665 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4667 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4668 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4669 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4671 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4672 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4679 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4680 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4681 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4682 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4683 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4684 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4685 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4686 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4687 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4688 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4689 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4690 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4691 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4692 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4699 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4700 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4703 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4707 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4708 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4710 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4711 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4712 size
= max (size
, 1);
4714 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4715 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4716 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4718 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4720 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4726 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4727 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4731 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4733 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4734 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4735 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4739 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4740 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4741 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4744 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4745 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4747 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4748 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4749 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4750 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4752 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4753 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4756 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4757 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4758 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4760 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4764 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4768 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4770 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4774 /************************************************************************
4775 Scroll bars, general
4776 ************************************************************************/
4778 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4779 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4780 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4783 static struct scroll_bar
*
4784 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4786 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4788 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4789 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4790 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4794 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4795 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4796 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4798 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4802 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4803 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4804 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4806 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4807 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4809 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4811 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4813 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4814 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4815 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4816 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4817 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4819 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4821 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4822 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4823 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4825 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4827 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4834 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4836 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4838 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4839 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4840 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4841 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4842 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4843 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4844 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4845 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4847 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4848 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4850 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4851 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4852 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4854 /* Map the window/widget. */
4855 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4858 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4859 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4861 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4862 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4864 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4865 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4866 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4867 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4868 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4870 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4871 max (height
, 1), 0);
4872 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4873 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4875 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4876 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4877 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4884 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4886 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4887 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4888 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4891 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4892 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4893 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4894 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4895 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4897 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4900 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4901 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4905 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4906 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4907 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4908 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4910 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4912 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4913 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4919 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4920 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4921 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4923 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4924 the distance between start and end. */
4926 int length
= end
- start
;
4930 else if (start
> top_range
)
4932 end
= start
+ length
;
4936 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4940 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4941 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4942 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4944 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4945 if (end
> top_range
)
4948 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4949 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4950 that many pixels tall. */
4951 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4953 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4954 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4956 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4957 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4958 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4959 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4960 inside_width
, start
,
4963 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4964 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4965 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4966 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4968 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4969 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4970 /* x, y, width, height */
4971 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4972 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4973 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4975 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4976 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4977 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4978 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4980 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4981 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4982 if (end
< inside_height
)
4983 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4984 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4985 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4986 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4987 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4995 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4997 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5001 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5002 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5004 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5007 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5009 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5010 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5011 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5012 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5014 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5017 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5018 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5024 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5025 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5026 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5030 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5032 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5034 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5035 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5036 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5037 int window_y
, window_height
;
5039 /* Get window dimensions. */
5040 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5042 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5043 height
= window_height
;
5045 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5046 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5048 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5049 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5050 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5051 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5055 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5056 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5057 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5059 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5060 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5064 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5065 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5066 : width
- sb_width
));
5068 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5069 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5074 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5075 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5077 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5080 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5081 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5085 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5089 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5090 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5092 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5096 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5098 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5100 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5102 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5105 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5107 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5110 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5111 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5112 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5113 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5114 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5116 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5117 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5119 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5120 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5122 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5123 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5124 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5126 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5127 max (height
, 1), 0);
5128 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5130 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5132 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5133 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5134 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5136 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5137 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5139 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5140 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5141 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5145 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5146 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5147 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5150 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5151 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5152 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5154 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5155 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5156 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5157 rest
, height
, False
);
5159 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5160 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5164 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5169 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5171 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5173 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5177 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5179 /* Remember new settings. */
5180 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5181 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5182 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5183 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5188 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5189 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5190 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5191 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5193 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5195 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5198 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5201 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5202 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5203 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5206 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5208 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5212 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5213 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5214 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5215 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5216 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5217 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5218 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5220 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5221 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5222 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5225 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5228 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5229 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5232 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5233 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5234 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5235 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5236 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5237 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5238 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5243 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5244 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5247 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5248 struct window
*window
;
5250 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5253 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5254 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5257 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5259 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5260 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5261 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5263 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5265 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5266 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5268 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5269 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5270 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5272 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5273 one or the other! */
5277 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5279 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5280 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5282 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5284 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5285 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5286 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5289 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5290 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5293 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5296 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5298 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5300 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5301 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5302 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5304 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5306 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5308 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5311 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5314 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5315 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5319 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5320 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5321 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5323 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5327 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5328 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5331 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5332 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5333 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5334 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5338 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5340 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5341 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5343 /* x, y, width, height */
5345 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5346 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5351 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5353 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5354 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5356 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5361 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5362 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5364 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5366 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5369 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5370 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5371 emacs_event
->modifiers
5372 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5373 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5374 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5375 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5378 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5379 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5380 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5383 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5385 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5388 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5389 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5392 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5394 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5395 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5396 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5397 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5399 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5401 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5402 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5403 whether or not we're dragging. */
5405 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5407 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5408 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5409 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5412 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5413 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5414 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5415 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5417 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5418 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5420 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5421 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5425 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5427 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5429 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5430 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5432 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5434 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5437 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5441 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5443 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5445 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5449 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5450 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5453 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5455 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5458 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5460 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5461 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5463 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5464 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5466 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5468 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5470 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5475 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5477 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5478 on the scroll bar. */
5481 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5483 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5484 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5486 unsigned long *time
;
5488 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5489 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5490 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5492 Window dummy_window
;
5494 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5498 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5500 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5502 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5503 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5504 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5506 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5509 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5516 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5519 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5521 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5523 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5524 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5528 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5532 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5534 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5535 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5536 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5537 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5538 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5539 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5541 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5543 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5544 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5547 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5550 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5556 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5557 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5558 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5562 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5565 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5568 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5569 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5570 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5571 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5572 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5573 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5574 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5575 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5577 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5581 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5584 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5585 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5586 sometimes don't work. */
5588 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5591 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5592 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5593 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5594 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5596 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5597 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5599 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5601 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5602 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5604 static int temp_index
;
5605 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5607 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5608 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5610 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5612 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5613 on a particular display. */
5615 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5617 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5618 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5619 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5620 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5622 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5624 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5627 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5628 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5629 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5630 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5631 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5632 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5636 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5637 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5647 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5648 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5649 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5651 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5653 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5657 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5658 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5661 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5662 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5663 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5666 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5667 event
->xclient
.window
);
5669 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5674 static int current_count
;
5675 static int current_finish
;
5676 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5678 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5679 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5680 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5681 static GdkFilterReturn
5682 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5687 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5689 if (current_count
>= 0)
5691 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5693 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5696 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5697 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5698 so we do it here. */
5699 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5700 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5701 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5705 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5709 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5714 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5716 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5717 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5719 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5721 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5724 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5726 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5727 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5728 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5730 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5733 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5734 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5737 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5740 struct input_event ie
;
5741 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5747 struct coding_system coding
;
5748 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5750 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5752 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5753 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5760 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5761 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5762 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5764 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5765 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5767 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5768 could be the shell widget window
5769 if the frame has no title bar. */
5770 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5772 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5773 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5774 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5776 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5777 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5778 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5779 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5780 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5783 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5784 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5785 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5786 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5789 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5790 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5791 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5794 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5795 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5796 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5798 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5799 /* The ICCCM says this is
5800 the only valid choice. */
5802 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5803 /* This is needed to detect the error
5804 if there is an error. */
5806 x_uncatch_errors ();
5808 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5813 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5814 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5816 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5817 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5818 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5819 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5820 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5821 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5822 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5823 session manager and one for this. */
5825 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5828 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5829 event
.xclient
.window
);
5830 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5831 for a single Emacs process. */
5832 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5833 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5834 event
.xclient
.window
,
5835 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5837 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5838 event
.xclient
.window
,
5844 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5845 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5847 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5848 event
.xclient
.window
);
5850 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5852 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5853 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5860 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5861 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5866 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5867 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5870 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5872 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5873 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5877 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5884 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5885 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5887 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5889 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5893 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5895 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5896 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5897 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5898 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5900 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5901 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5902 currently never do because we are interested in
5903 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5904 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5905 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5908 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5909 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5913 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5914 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5915 we construct an input_event. */
5916 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5917 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5919 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5920 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5923 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5925 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5928 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5929 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5933 case SelectionNotify
:
5934 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5935 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5937 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5938 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5941 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5942 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5943 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5945 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5947 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5949 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5950 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5951 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5952 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5953 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5957 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5958 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5959 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5961 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5963 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5964 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5966 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5967 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5968 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5969 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5970 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5971 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5972 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5973 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5977 case PropertyNotify
:
5978 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5979 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5980 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5981 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5982 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5986 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5989 case ReparentNotify
:
5990 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5994 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5995 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5999 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6000 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6005 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6008 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6011 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6012 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6013 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6014 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6015 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6018 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6020 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6021 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6022 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6023 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6027 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6028 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6032 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6033 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6035 #if defined USE_LUCID
6036 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6037 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6038 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6041 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6043 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6045 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6047 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6048 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6050 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6051 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6052 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6055 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6056 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6059 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6060 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6064 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6065 source area was obscured or not
6067 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6071 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6072 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6073 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6075 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6078 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6081 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6082 source area was completely
6087 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6088 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6091 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6094 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6095 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6096 the frame was deleted. */
6098 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6099 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6100 display that won't ever be seen. */
6101 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6102 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6103 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6104 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6105 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6106 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6107 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6108 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6110 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6112 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6113 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6119 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6120 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6121 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6124 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6125 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6126 frame is visible. */
6127 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6130 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6131 the frame's display structures.
6132 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6133 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6134 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6135 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6136 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6137 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6139 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6140 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6141 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6145 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6146 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6148 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6149 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6150 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6151 to update the frame titles
6152 in case this is the second frame. */
6153 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6159 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6161 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6162 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6163 if (popup_activated ())
6167 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6169 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6171 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6173 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6174 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6177 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6180 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6181 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6182 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6184 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6186 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6187 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6190 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6194 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6195 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6196 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6199 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6200 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6201 status_return even if the input is too long to
6202 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6203 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6204 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6205 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6206 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6207 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6208 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6210 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6214 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6215 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6216 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6218 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6222 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6223 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6224 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6226 /* This will have to go some day... */
6228 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6229 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6230 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6231 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6232 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6233 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6234 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6236 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6237 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6238 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6239 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6240 not it is combined with Meta. */
6241 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6242 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6247 Status status_return
;
6249 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6250 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6251 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6252 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6254 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6256 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6257 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6258 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6259 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6260 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6263 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6264 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6265 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6266 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6267 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6268 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6269 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6270 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6272 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6274 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6275 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6276 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6279 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6285 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6287 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6292 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6293 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6297 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6298 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6301 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6302 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6306 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6307 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6308 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6311 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6312 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6314 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6315 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6317 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6318 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6320 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6321 translations to characters. */
6322 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6323 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6325 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6326 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6330 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6331 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6333 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6334 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6336 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6337 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6341 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6342 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6343 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6347 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6348 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6349 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6350 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6354 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6355 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6356 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6357 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6358 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6359 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6361 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6362 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6364 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6365 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6366 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6367 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6368 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6369 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6371 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6372 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6374 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6375 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6377 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6378 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6380 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6381 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6383 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6384 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6386 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6387 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6389 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6390 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6392 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6393 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6395 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6396 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6398 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6399 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6401 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6402 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6404 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6405 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6407 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6408 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6410 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6411 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6412 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6413 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6414 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6415 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6417 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6418 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6421 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6423 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6424 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6425 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6426 don't have real modifiers but
6427 should be treated similarly to
6428 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6429 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6430 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6432 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6433 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6437 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6438 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6440 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6441 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6445 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6450 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6452 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6454 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6457 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6459 /* Decode the input data. */
6463 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6464 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6465 we used just above and the locale. */
6466 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6467 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6468 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6469 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6470 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6471 gives us composition information. */
6472 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6474 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6475 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6476 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6477 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6478 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6479 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6480 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6481 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6484 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6485 character events. */
6486 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6488 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6489 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6491 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6493 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6494 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6495 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6497 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6500 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6501 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6504 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6506 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6512 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6513 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6522 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6523 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6531 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6533 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6535 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6536 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6539 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6541 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6542 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6544 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6546 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6547 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6550 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6551 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6554 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6555 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6556 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6557 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6559 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6560 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6561 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6562 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
);
6567 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6571 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6573 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6576 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6578 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6579 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6580 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6581 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6584 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6585 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6586 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6587 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6588 if (any_help_event_p
)
6592 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6593 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6594 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
);
6599 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6604 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6605 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6607 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6608 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6609 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6611 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6613 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6615 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6616 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6622 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6623 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6627 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6628 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6631 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6632 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6633 will be selected iff it is active. */
6634 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6635 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6636 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6638 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6639 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6644 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6645 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6649 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6650 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6651 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6652 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6655 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6656 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6658 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6659 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6660 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6663 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6664 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6665 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6666 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6671 case ConfigureNotify
:
6672 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6675 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6677 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6678 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6679 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6680 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6681 do this one, the right one will come later.
6682 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6683 need to reset it below. */
6685 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6686 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6687 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6688 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6693 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6694 is called by the code that handles resizing
6695 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6697 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6698 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6699 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6700 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6701 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6702 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6703 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6705 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6706 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6707 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6709 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6712 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6713 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6716 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6717 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6718 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6719 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6722 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6723 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6724 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6726 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6727 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6728 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6732 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6733 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6736 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6738 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6739 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6740 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6741 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6749 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6750 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6753 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6754 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6756 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6758 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6759 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6761 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6765 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6766 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6767 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6770 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6771 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6773 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6774 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6776 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6777 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6779 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6780 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6781 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6787 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6788 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6790 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6791 if (! popup_activated ())
6794 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6796 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6797 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6799 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6800 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6802 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6803 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6806 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6812 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6813 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6814 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6816 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6817 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6819 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6821 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6822 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6824 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6826 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6827 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6830 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6832 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6833 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6836 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6839 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6841 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6842 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6843 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6847 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6848 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6849 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6850 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6851 Instead, save it away
6852 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6853 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6856 ! popup_activated ()
6859 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6860 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6861 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6862 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6863 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6864 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6865 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6866 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6868 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6869 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6871 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6874 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6876 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6880 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6881 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6882 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6884 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6886 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6887 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6888 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6893 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6896 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6900 case CirculateNotify
:
6903 case CirculateRequest
:
6906 case VisibilityNotify
:
6910 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6912 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6914 case MappingModifier
:
6915 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6916 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6917 case MappingKeyboard
:
6918 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6924 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6926 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6927 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6929 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6934 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6936 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6941 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6946 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6952 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6953 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6954 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6958 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6959 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6969 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6970 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6971 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6973 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6975 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6979 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6980 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6982 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6985 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6991 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6992 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6993 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6995 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6996 thus pretending to be `read'.
6998 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7001 XTread_socket (sd
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7004 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7008 int event_found
= 0;
7009 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7011 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7013 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7017 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7020 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7021 input_signal_count
++;
7025 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7026 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7027 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7029 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7031 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7032 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7033 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7034 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7035 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7036 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7039 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7040 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7041 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7042 for X connections. */
7045 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7047 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7048 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7049 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7050 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7052 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7056 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7057 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7059 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7060 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7065 struct input_event inev
;
7067 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7068 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7069 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7071 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7079 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7083 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7086 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7087 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7092 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7094 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7097 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7102 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7103 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7104 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7105 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7107 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7108 from all displays. */
7110 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7112 current_count
= count
;
7113 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7115 gtk_main_iteration ();
7117 count
= current_count
;
7119 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7121 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7124 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7128 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7129 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7132 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7133 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7134 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7136 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7140 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7141 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7143 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7145 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7146 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7150 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7152 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7153 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7155 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7156 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7168 /***********************************************************************
7170 ***********************************************************************/
7172 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7173 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7175 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7176 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7177 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7180 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7182 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7186 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7187 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7188 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7190 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7192 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7193 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7194 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7195 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7196 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7198 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7202 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7205 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7207 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7209 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7210 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7211 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7214 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7217 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7218 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7219 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7220 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7223 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7224 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7225 y
= get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &h
);
7226 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7228 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7229 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7230 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7231 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7232 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7234 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7235 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7236 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7238 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7239 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7240 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7241 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7245 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7247 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7248 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7249 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7253 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7255 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7257 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7259 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7260 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7262 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7263 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7265 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7266 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7269 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7270 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7271 the bar might not be in the window. */
7272 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7274 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7275 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7276 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7280 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7281 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7282 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7283 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7284 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7287 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7288 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7289 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7290 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7291 that the glyph is legible. */
7292 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7293 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7295 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7296 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7299 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7302 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7303 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7307 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7308 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7310 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7311 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7313 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7314 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7315 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7316 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7317 width
, row
->height
);
7319 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7320 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7321 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7322 row
->height
- width
),
7323 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7326 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7331 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7334 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7338 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7342 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7345 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7347 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7349 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7350 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7354 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7357 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7359 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7361 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7364 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7368 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7369 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7371 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7372 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7374 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7375 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7378 switch (cursor_type
)
7380 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7381 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7384 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7385 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7389 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7393 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7397 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7405 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7406 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7407 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7412 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7413 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7420 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7423 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7429 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7432 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7433 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7434 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7435 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7440 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7441 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7442 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7444 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7445 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7446 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7450 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7451 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7455 #if defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7457 if (xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7460 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7462 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7463 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7464 #endif /* defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */
7466 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7469 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7470 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7474 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7475 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7479 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7480 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7481 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7482 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7483 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7485 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7488 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7489 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7495 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7496 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7499 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7503 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7509 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7510 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7512 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7513 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7515 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7516 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7517 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7519 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7520 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7521 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7522 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7527 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7529 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7530 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7532 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7533 be called from a signal handler.
7536 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7537 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7539 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7541 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7543 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7544 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7545 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7548 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7552 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7553 x_error_message
->string
,
7554 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7557 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7558 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7561 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7562 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7563 stored in x_error_message_string.
7565 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7566 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7568 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7570 void x_check_errors ();
7573 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7576 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7578 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7582 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7583 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7584 x_error_message
= data
;
7587 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7588 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7593 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7597 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7598 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7599 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7600 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7602 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7603 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7608 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7609 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7610 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7613 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7617 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7620 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7622 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7623 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7624 x_uncatch_errors ();
7625 error (format
, string
);
7629 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7630 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7633 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7636 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7639 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7642 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7645 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7648 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7651 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7654 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7656 while (x_error_message
)
7657 x_uncatch_errors ();
7660 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7663 x_catching_errors ()
7665 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7669 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7672 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7677 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7678 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7679 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7680 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7681 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7684 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7685 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7688 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7689 must reestablish each time */
7690 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7695 /************************************************************************
7697 ************************************************************************/
7699 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7701 static char *error_msg
;
7703 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7704 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7705 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7708 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7710 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7714 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7715 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7718 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7720 char *error_message
;
7722 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7723 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7725 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7726 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7727 handling_signal
= 0;
7729 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7730 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7731 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7732 the original message here. */
7733 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7735 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7736 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7737 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7739 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7740 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7741 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7743 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7744 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7746 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7747 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7748 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7750 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7751 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7752 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7755 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7756 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7757 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7758 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7764 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7767 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7769 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7771 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7772 that are on the dead display. */
7773 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7775 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7777 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7778 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7779 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7780 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7781 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7782 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7785 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7786 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7787 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7788 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7789 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7790 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7792 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7793 trying to find a replacement. */
7794 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7795 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7799 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7801 x_uncatch_errors ();
7803 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7805 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7806 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7810 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7812 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7814 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7815 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7817 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7818 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7821 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7822 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7823 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
);
7825 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7826 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7829 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7833 if (x_error_message
)
7834 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7836 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7840 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7841 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7842 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7844 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7846 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7847 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7852 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7858 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7859 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7861 static void NO_INLINE
7862 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7866 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7868 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7869 original error handler. */
7871 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7872 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7873 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7874 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7878 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7879 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7880 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7883 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7888 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7889 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7893 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7895 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7896 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7897 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7898 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7901 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7903 register char *fontname
;
7905 struct font_info
*fontp
7906 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, fontname
);
7911 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
))
7912 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7914 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7916 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7917 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7918 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7920 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
7921 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
7922 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7924 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7926 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7927 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7929 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7930 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7931 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7935 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7936 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7939 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7940 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7942 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7943 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7944 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7945 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7946 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7947 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7949 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7950 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7951 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7952 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7953 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7956 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7959 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default fontset,
7960 and return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a
7961 wildcard pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits
7962 the pattern. FONTSETNAME may be a font name for ASCII characters;
7963 in that case, we create a fontset from that font name.
7965 The return value shows which fontset we chose.
7966 If FONTSETNAME specifies the default fontset, return Qt.
7967 If an ASCII font in the specified fontset can't be loaded, return
7971 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7973 Lisp_Object fontsetname
;
7975 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (fontsetname
, 0);
7978 if (fontset
> 0 && f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
== fontset
)
7979 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7981 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7982 else if (fontset
== 0)
7983 /* The default fontset can't be the default font. */
7987 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7989 result
= x_new_font (f
, SDATA (fontsetname
));
7991 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7992 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7996 fontset
= new_fontset_from_font_name (result
);
7998 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7999 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8003 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8004 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8007 return fontset_name (fontset
);
8011 /***********************************************************************
8013 ***********************************************************************/
8019 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8020 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8021 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8024 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8026 XPointer client_data
;
8029 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8030 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8034 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8035 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8037 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8038 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8040 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8041 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8045 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8046 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8047 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8051 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8054 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8055 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8058 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8059 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8062 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8063 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8064 char *resource_name
;
8071 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8078 XIMCallback destroy
;
8081 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8082 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8085 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8086 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8087 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8093 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8094 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8098 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8102 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8103 char *resource_name
;
8106 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8107 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8108 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8109 when the callback was registered. */
8112 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8114 XPointer client_data
;
8117 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8118 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8120 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8124 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8126 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8127 as they have no XIC. */
8128 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8130 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8133 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8135 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8137 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8138 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8140 create_frame_xic (f
);
8141 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8142 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8143 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8145 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8146 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8155 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8158 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8159 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8160 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8161 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8164 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8165 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8166 char *resource_name
;
8171 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8172 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8175 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8176 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8177 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8178 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8179 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8180 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8181 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8182 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8183 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8184 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8185 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8186 least, hence the configure test. */
8187 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8188 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8189 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8190 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8191 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8195 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8196 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8200 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8203 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8204 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8209 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8210 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8211 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8213 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8214 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8215 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8216 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8217 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8218 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8220 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8223 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8227 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8228 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8231 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8234 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8236 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8237 is already for the top-left corner. */
8238 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8241 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8242 position that fits on the screen. */
8243 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8244 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8245 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8248 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8250 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8251 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8252 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8254 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8255 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8256 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8257 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8260 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8261 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8263 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8266 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8267 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8270 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8271 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8272 so the flags should correspond. */
8273 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8276 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8277 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8278 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8279 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8280 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8283 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8285 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8288 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8290 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8294 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8296 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8298 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8299 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8301 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8304 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8306 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8307 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8309 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8311 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8312 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8313 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8314 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8315 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8318 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8319 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8321 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8322 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8324 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8325 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8326 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8332 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8333 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8335 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8338 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8340 int width
, height
, ign
;
8342 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8344 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8346 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8347 when setting WM manager hints.
8348 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8349 x_check_expected_move. */
8350 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8352 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8353 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8354 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8356 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8357 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8362 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8364 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8365 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8366 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8367 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8369 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8372 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8374 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8375 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8377 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8379 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8380 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8381 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8383 f
->left_pos
= expect_left
;
8384 f
->top_pos
= expect_top
;
8385 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 0);
8387 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8388 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8390 /* Just do this once */
8391 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8396 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8397 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8398 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8399 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8402 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8407 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8409 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8410 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8411 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8413 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8414 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8415 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8417 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8419 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8420 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8422 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8423 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8425 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8426 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8427 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8429 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8430 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8431 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8432 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8434 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8435 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8436 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8437 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8438 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8440 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8442 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8443 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8444 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8446 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8447 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8448 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8449 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8450 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8452 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8456 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8457 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8458 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8459 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8462 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8470 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8471 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8473 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8476 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8478 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8479 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8480 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8481 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8482 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8483 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8484 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8485 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8486 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8489 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8491 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8493 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8495 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8497 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8498 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8500 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8501 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8502 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8503 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8504 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8509 /* Mouse warping. */
8512 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8518 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8519 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8521 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8522 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8524 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8525 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8529 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8530 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8534 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8537 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8543 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8544 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8548 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8551 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8554 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8558 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8559 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8560 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8561 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8562 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8571 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8572 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8573 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8574 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8578 /* Raise frame F. */
8584 if (f
->async_visible
)
8587 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8588 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8593 /* Lower frame F. */
8599 if (f
->async_visible
)
8602 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8603 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8609 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8619 /* Change of visibility. */
8621 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8622 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8623 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8624 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8625 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8626 finishes with it. */
8629 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8633 int original_top
, original_left
;
8634 int retry_count
= 2;
8640 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8642 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8644 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8646 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8647 call x_set_offset a second time
8648 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8649 before the window gets really visible. */
8650 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8651 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8652 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8654 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8656 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8657 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8658 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8659 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8660 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8661 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8663 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8664 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8666 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8667 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8668 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8669 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8670 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8671 to come back ok without this. */
8672 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8673 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8677 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8679 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8680 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8681 so that incoming events are handled. */
8685 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8686 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8687 will set it when they are handled. */
8688 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8690 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8691 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8693 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8696 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8698 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8699 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8700 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8701 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8703 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8704 because the window manager may choose the position
8705 and we don't want to override it. */
8707 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8708 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8709 && previously_visible
)
8713 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8717 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8718 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8719 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8720 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8721 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8722 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8723 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8724 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8725 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8727 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8728 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8729 original_left
, original_top
);
8734 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8736 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8737 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8738 MapNotify at all.. */
8739 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8740 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8742 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8745 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8746 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8747 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8748 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8749 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8751 if (input_polling_used ())
8753 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8754 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8755 handler reset it. */
8756 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8757 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8758 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8759 poll_for_input_1 ();
8760 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8763 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8764 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8769 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8773 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8774 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8775 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8776 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8778 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8783 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8785 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8788 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8793 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8794 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8796 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8797 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8798 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8800 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8801 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8807 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8808 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8809 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8810 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8811 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8812 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8815 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8816 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8822 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8823 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8825 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8826 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8828 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8830 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8831 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8835 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8836 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8837 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8838 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8839 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8840 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8842 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8845 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8846 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8850 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8851 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8852 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8855 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8856 just by the event that we get from the server.
8857 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8858 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8859 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8861 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8862 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8863 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8870 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8879 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8880 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8881 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8883 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8888 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8890 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8892 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8895 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8897 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8898 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8900 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8903 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8904 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8910 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8912 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8914 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8915 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8916 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8917 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8918 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8919 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8920 so we have to record it here. */
8923 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8924 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8929 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8930 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8931 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8935 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8937 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8938 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8942 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8944 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8946 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8947 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8948 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8949 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8951 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8952 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8954 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8955 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8959 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8960 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8961 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8962 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8963 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8965 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8966 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8968 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8971 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8972 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8976 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8978 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8980 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8982 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8983 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8986 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8987 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8989 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8991 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8995 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
8998 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9001 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9003 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9007 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9008 commands to the X server. */
9009 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9011 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9012 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9014 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9015 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9016 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9017 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9018 toolkit scroll bars. */
9019 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9021 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9022 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9031 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9032 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9034 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9035 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9037 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9038 we are using a toolkit. */
9039 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9040 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9042 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9043 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9046 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9047 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9048 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9050 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9051 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9052 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9054 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9056 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9057 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9058 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9060 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9061 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
9062 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9063 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9064 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9065 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9067 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9068 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9069 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9070 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9071 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9072 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9073 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9074 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9075 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9076 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9077 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9078 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9079 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9080 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9081 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9083 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9084 free_frame_faces (f
);
9087 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9090 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9091 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9093 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9094 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9096 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9097 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9098 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9099 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9100 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9101 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9103 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9105 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9106 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9107 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9108 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9109 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9110 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9111 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9118 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9121 x_destroy_window (f
)
9124 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9126 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9127 commands to the X server. */
9128 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9129 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9131 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9135 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9137 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9138 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9139 that the window now has.
9140 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9141 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9142 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9146 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9151 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9153 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9156 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9159 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9161 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9162 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9164 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9165 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9167 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9168 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9169 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9170 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9171 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9172 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9173 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9174 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9175 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9176 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9178 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9179 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9180 size_hints
.max_width
9181 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9182 size_hints
.max_height
9183 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9185 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9187 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9188 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9189 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9191 int base_width
, base_height
;
9192 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9194 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9195 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9197 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9199 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9200 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9201 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9202 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9203 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9205 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9206 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9207 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9210 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9211 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9212 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9213 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9214 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9216 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9217 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9221 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9224 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9227 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9230 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9231 long supplied_return
;
9235 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9238 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9241 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9242 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9243 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9244 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9245 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9249 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9254 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9255 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9256 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9257 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9258 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9259 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9260 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9261 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9265 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9270 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9271 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9275 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9276 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9278 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9281 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9283 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9286 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9288 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9291 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9295 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9298 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9299 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9300 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9301 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9303 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9304 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9306 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9307 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9311 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9315 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9317 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9318 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9323 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9324 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9325 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9326 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9330 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9331 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9332 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9333 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9334 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9335 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9336 best to explicitly give up. */
9338 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9339 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9348 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9352 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9356 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9357 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9358 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9359 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9362 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9364 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9365 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9367 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9371 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9375 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9377 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9378 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9379 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9381 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9385 /***********************************************************************
9387 ***********************************************************************/
9389 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9392 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9396 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9400 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9402 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9405 SIZE < 0 means include auto scaled fonts.
9407 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9408 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9409 on how many fonts to match. */
9412 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9414 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9418 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9419 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9420 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9421 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9422 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9423 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9424 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9428 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9432 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9433 if (NILP (patterns
))
9434 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9436 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9437 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9438 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9440 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9443 char **names
= NULL
;
9445 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9446 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9447 The cache is an alist of the form:
9448 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9449 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9450 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9451 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9452 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9455 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9456 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9460 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9463 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9465 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9468 unsigned long value
;
9470 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9471 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9473 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9474 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9476 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9480 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9482 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9483 int len
= strlen (name
);
9486 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9487 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9488 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9490 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9494 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9495 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9497 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9498 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9503 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9506 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9509 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9511 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9512 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9519 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9520 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9523 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9532 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9535 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9537 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9538 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9540 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9544 x_uncatch_errors ();
9551 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9552 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9553 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9557 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9559 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9560 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9561 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9562 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9563 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9564 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9569 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9571 else if (dashes
== 9)
9573 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9574 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9577 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9578 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9580 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9581 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9583 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9584 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9585 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9587 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9588 width of this font. */
9589 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9591 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9592 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9597 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9600 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9605 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9606 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9607 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9610 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9612 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9613 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9614 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9620 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9624 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9628 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9630 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9631 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9632 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9635 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9636 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9637 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9638 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9640 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9641 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9643 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9645 x_uncatch_errors ();
9651 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9653 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9655 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9659 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9660 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9661 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9662 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9665 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9666 if (found_size
== size
)
9667 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9668 else if (found_size
> 0)
9670 if (NILP (second_best
))
9672 else if (found_size
< size
)
9674 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9675 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9680 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9681 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9686 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9688 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9690 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9701 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9705 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9710 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9712 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9714 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9715 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9716 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9719 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9722 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9724 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9725 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9726 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9727 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9728 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9731 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9735 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9736 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9738 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9739 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9740 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9742 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9746 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9747 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9748 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9749 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9750 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9753 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9757 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9759 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9760 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9762 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9763 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9765 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9766 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9768 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9771 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9772 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9773 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9775 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9776 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9779 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9780 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9782 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9783 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9784 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9788 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9789 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9790 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9791 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9794 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9796 register char *fontname
;
9799 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9800 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9802 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9803 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9804 we already have by comparing names. */
9805 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9807 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9812 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9813 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9814 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9815 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9816 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9817 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9818 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9819 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9822 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9826 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9827 unsigned long value
;
9830 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9831 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9832 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9833 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9834 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9835 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9836 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9839 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9840 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9841 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9843 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9844 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9846 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9848 x_uncatch_errors ();
9853 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9854 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9855 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9858 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9859 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9860 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9863 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9864 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9866 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9869 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9870 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9873 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9875 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9877 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9878 fontp
->charset
= -1; /* fs_load_font sets it. */
9879 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9880 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9882 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
9884 /* Fixed width font. */
9885 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9892 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
9893 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
9895 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
9897 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9899 fontp
->average_width
9900 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
9901 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
9902 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
9903 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
9904 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
9908 int width
= pcm
->width
;
9909 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
9910 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
9911 width
+= pcm
->width
;
9912 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
9915 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9919 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9921 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9923 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9927 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9928 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9930 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9941 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9942 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9949 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9951 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9953 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9954 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9956 if (NILP (font_names
))
9958 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9959 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9960 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9961 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9962 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9963 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9966 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9968 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9969 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9971 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9974 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9976 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9978 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9979 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9981 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9985 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9986 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9987 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9988 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9989 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9990 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding_type
9991 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9992 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9993 fontp
->encoding_type
9994 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9996 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9997 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9998 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9999 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
10000 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
10002 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
10003 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
10004 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10005 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10006 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
10007 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
10008 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
10009 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
10010 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10011 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10012 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
10013 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
10014 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
10016 fontp
->baseline_offset
10017 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
10018 ? (long) value
: 0);
10019 fontp
->relative_compose
10020 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
10021 ? (long) value
: 0);
10022 fontp
->default_ascent
10023 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
10024 ? (long) value
: 0);
10026 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
10027 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
10028 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
10029 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
10030 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
10031 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
10038 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
10039 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
10042 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
10044 register char *fontname
;
10046 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10049 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10050 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10051 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
10052 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
10053 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10058 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
10059 `encoder' of the structure. */
10062 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10063 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10065 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10068 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10072 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10073 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10075 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10082 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10083 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10085 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10088 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10093 /* Return a char-table whose elements are t if the font FONT_INFO
10094 contains a glyph for the corresponding character, and nil if
10098 x_get_font_repertory (f
, font_info
)
10100 struct font_info
*font_info
;
10102 XFontStruct
*font
= (XFontStruct
*) font_info
->font
;
10104 int min_byte1
, max_byte1
, min_byte2
, max_byte2
;
10106 struct charset
*charset
= CHARSET_FROM_ID (font_info
->charset
);
10107 int offset
= CHARSET_OFFSET (charset
);
10109 table
= Fmake_char_table (Qnil
, Qnil
);
10111 min_byte1
= font
->min_byte1
;
10112 max_byte1
= font
->max_byte1
;
10113 min_byte2
= font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
10114 max_byte2
= font
->max_char_or_byte2
;
10115 if (min_byte1
== 0 && max_byte1
== 0)
10117 if (! font
->per_char
|| font
->all_chars_exist
== True
)
10120 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ min_byte2
,
10121 offset
+ max_byte2
, Qt
);
10123 for (; min_byte2
<= max_byte2
; min_byte2
++)
10125 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, min_byte2
);
10126 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10131 XCharStruct
*pcm
= font
->per_char
;
10135 for (i
= min_byte2
; i
<= max_byte2
; i
++, pcm
++)
10137 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && pcm
->rbearing
== pcm
->lbearing
)
10142 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ from
,
10143 offset
+ i
- 1, Qt
);
10145 for (; from
< i
; from
++)
10147 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, from
);
10148 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10159 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ from
, offset
+ i
- 1,
10162 for (; from
< i
; from
++)
10164 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, from
);
10165 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10172 if (! font
->per_char
|| font
->all_chars_exist
== True
)
10177 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10178 char_table_set_range
10179 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | min_byte2
),
10180 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | max_byte2
), Qt
);
10182 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10183 for (j
= min_byte2
; j
<= max_byte2
; j
++)
10185 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | j
;
10186 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10187 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10192 XCharStruct
*pcm
= font
->per_char
;
10195 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10200 for (j
= min_byte2
; j
<= max_byte2
; j
++, pcm
++)
10202 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && pcm
->rbearing
== pcm
->lbearing
)
10207 char_table_set_range
10208 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | from
),
10209 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | (j
- 1)), Qt
);
10212 for (; from
< j
; from
++)
10214 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | from
;
10215 c
= ENCODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10216 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10228 char_table_set_range
10229 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | from
),
10230 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | (j
- 1)), Qt
);
10233 for (; from
< j
; from
++)
10235 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | from
;
10236 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10237 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10248 /***********************************************************************
10250 ***********************************************************************/
10252 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10253 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10254 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10255 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10257 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10258 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10259 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10261 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10262 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10263 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10264 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10265 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10266 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10267 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10269 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10271 static int x_initialized
;
10274 static int x_session_initialized
;
10277 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10278 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10279 the screen number from the server number. */
10281 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10282 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10284 int seen_colon
= 0;
10285 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10286 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10287 int length_until_period
= 0;
10289 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10290 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10291 length_until_period
++;
10293 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10294 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10296 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10298 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10299 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10300 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10301 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10302 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10303 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10304 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10305 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10306 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10307 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10308 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10309 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10310 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10311 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10313 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10317 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10321 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10322 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10326 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10327 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10330 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10331 unsigned long mask
;
10338 while (!(mask
& 1))
10355 x_display_ok (display
)
10356 const char * display
;
10361 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
10363 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
10369 struct x_display_info
*
10370 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10371 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10373 char *resource_name
;
10377 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10382 if (!x_initialized
)
10390 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10392 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10393 char **argv2
= argv
;
10396 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10398 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10399 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10400 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10401 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10402 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10406 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10410 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10412 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10414 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10415 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10418 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10419 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10422 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10425 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10427 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10431 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10433 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10434 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10436 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10438 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10439 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10441 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10442 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10444 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10445 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10448 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10449 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10452 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10453 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10454 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10456 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10457 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10458 So let's not use it until R6. */
10459 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10460 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10471 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10472 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10474 turn_on_atimers (0);
10475 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10476 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10477 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10479 turn_on_atimers (1);
10481 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10482 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10487 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10489 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10491 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10492 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10493 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10495 /* Detect failure. */
10502 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10504 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10505 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10507 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10509 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10512 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10513 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10514 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10515 SDATA (display_name
)))
10518 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10521 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10522 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10523 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10525 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10527 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10528 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10529 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10533 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10534 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10535 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10536 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10537 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10538 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10539 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10541 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10545 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10546 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10547 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10549 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10550 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10551 x_display_name_list
);
10552 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10554 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10557 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10561 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10562 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10564 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10565 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10567 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10568 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10570 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10572 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10573 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10574 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10576 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10577 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10579 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10580 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10581 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10582 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10584 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10586 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10588 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10590 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10591 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10592 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10593 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10594 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10595 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10596 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10597 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10598 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10599 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10600 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10601 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10602 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10603 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10604 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10605 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10606 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10607 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10608 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10609 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10610 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10611 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10612 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10613 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10614 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10615 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10616 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10617 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10618 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10619 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10620 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10621 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10622 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10624 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10625 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10626 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10628 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10630 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10631 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10632 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10633 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10634 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10635 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10638 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10639 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10641 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10644 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10645 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10646 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10648 if (STRINGP (value
)
10649 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10650 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10651 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10655 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10656 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10659 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10660 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10661 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10662 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10663 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10664 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10665 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10666 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10667 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10670 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10671 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10672 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10673 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10674 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10675 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10676 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10677 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10678 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10679 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10680 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10681 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10682 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10683 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10684 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10685 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10686 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10687 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10688 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10689 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10690 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10691 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10692 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10693 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10694 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10695 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10696 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10697 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10698 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10699 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10700 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10701 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10702 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10703 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10704 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10705 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10706 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10707 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10708 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10709 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10710 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10711 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10712 /* For properties of font. */
10713 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10714 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10715 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10716 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10717 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10718 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10719 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10720 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10721 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10722 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10724 /* Ghostscript support. */
10725 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10726 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10728 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10731 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10733 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10734 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10739 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10741 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10742 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10743 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10748 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10749 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10751 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10753 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10754 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10758 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10761 #ifdef subprocesses
10762 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10763 if (connection
!= 0)
10764 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10767 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10769 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10770 /* stdin is a socket here */
10771 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10772 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10773 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10774 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10775 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10776 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10779 if (interrupt_input
)
10780 init_sigio (connection
);
10781 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10784 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10785 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10786 so that Xt does not crash. */
10788 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10789 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10792 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10793 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10794 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10795 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10796 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10797 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10798 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10799 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10801 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10802 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10803 x_uncatch_errors ();
10808 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10809 for debugging X code. */
10812 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10813 build_string ("synchronous"),
10814 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10816 if (STRINGP (value
)
10817 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10818 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10819 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10824 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10825 build_string ("useXIM"),
10826 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10829 if (STRINGP (value
)
10830 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10831 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10834 if (STRINGP (value
)
10835 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10836 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10842 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10843 if (!x_session_initialized
++)
10844 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10852 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10853 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10856 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10857 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10861 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10863 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10864 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10865 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10866 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10867 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10872 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10873 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10875 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10877 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10880 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10884 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10885 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10887 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10888 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10891 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10893 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10894 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10895 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10898 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10899 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10900 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10903 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10904 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10905 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10909 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10912 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10913 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10914 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10916 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10917 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10918 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10921 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10922 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10924 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10925 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10926 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10930 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10932 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10933 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10934 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10935 that slows us down. */
10938 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10939 struct atimer
*timer
;
10941 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10944 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10945 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10950 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10953 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10955 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10957 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10959 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10963 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10965 x_after_update_window_line
,
10966 x_update_window_begin
,
10967 x_update_window_end
,
10973 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10975 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10976 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10977 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10978 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10979 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10980 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10983 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10984 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10985 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10986 x_clear_frame_area
,
10987 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10988 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10989 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10995 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10997 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10998 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10999 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
11000 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
11001 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
11002 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
11003 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
11004 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
11005 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
11006 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
11007 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
11008 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
11009 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
11010 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
11011 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
11012 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
11013 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
11014 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
11016 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
11017 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
11018 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
11019 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
11020 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
11025 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
11026 any_help_event_p
= 0;
11027 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
11029 x_session_initialized
= 0;
11033 current_count
= -1;
11036 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
11037 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
11039 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11040 XtToolkitInitialize ();
11042 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
11044 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
11045 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
11046 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
11047 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
11048 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
11049 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
11050 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
11052 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
11054 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
11055 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
11056 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
11057 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
11058 widgets don't behave normally. */
11060 EMACS_TIME interval
;
11061 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
11062 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
11066 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11068 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
11069 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
11073 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
11074 original error handler. */
11075 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11076 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11078 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
11080 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
11081 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
11083 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
11090 x_error_message
= NULL
;
11092 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
11093 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
11095 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
11096 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
11098 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
11099 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
11101 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
11102 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
11104 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
11105 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
11107 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11108 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
11109 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11110 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11111 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11112 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
11113 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
11115 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
11116 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
11117 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
11118 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
11119 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
11120 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
11121 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
11122 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
11123 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
11125 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
11126 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
11127 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
11128 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
11129 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11131 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
11132 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11133 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
11135 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
11137 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
11140 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
11143 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
11144 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
11146 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
11147 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
11148 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
11149 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
11150 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11151 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
11152 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11153 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
11154 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11156 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
11157 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11158 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11159 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11160 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11161 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11163 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11164 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11165 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11166 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11167 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11168 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11170 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11171 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11172 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11173 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11174 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11175 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11177 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11178 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11179 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11180 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11181 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11182 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11184 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11185 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11186 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11187 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11188 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11192 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11194 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11195 (do not change this comment) */